blob: bdfe91e01e010ce79cac182a47d693de8f137f07 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000040/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
41/// decls.
42///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
44/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000045///
46bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
47 bool IgnoreDeprecated) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000050 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000051 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated construct.
52 bool isSilenced = IgnoreDeprecated;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000054 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
55 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
56 // warn.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000057 isSilenced |= ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>() != 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000058
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000059 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
60 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
61 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
62 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
63 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
64 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
65 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000066
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000067 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000068 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000069 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 }
71 }
72 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000074 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000075 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
76 }
77
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000078 // See if the decl is unavailable
79 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
80 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
81 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
82 }
83
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000085 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
87 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
88 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
89 return true;
90 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000091 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000092
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000093 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000094}
95
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000096/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000098/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
99///
100void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000101 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000102 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000104 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
106 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000107
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000108 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
109 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000110 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000111 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
112 int isMethod = 0;
113 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
114 // skip over named parameters.
115 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
116 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
117 if (nullPos)
118 --nullPos;
119 else
120 ++i;
121 }
122 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
123 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000124 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000125 // skip over named parameters.
126 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
127 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
128 if (nullPos)
129 --nullPos;
130 else
131 ++i;
132 }
133 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000135 // block or function pointer call.
136 QualType Ty = V->getType();
137 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000138 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000139 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
140 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000141 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
142 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
143 unsigned k;
144 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
145 if (nullPos)
146 --nullPos;
147 else
148 ++i;
149 }
150 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
151 }
152 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
153 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000154 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000155 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000156 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
181 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000183 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000184 }
185 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000186}
187
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000188SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
189 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
190 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
191}
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194// Standard Promotions and Conversions
195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
196
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
198void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
199 QualType Ty = E->getType();
200 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
201
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000204 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
206 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
207 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
208 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
209 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
210 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
211 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000212 //
213 // C++ 4.2p1:
214 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
215 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
216 //
217 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
218 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000219 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
220 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000221 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222}
223
224/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000226/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
227/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
228/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
229Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
230 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
231 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
234 //
235 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
236 // unsigned int may be used:
237 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
238 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
239 // and unsigned int.
240 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
241 //
242 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
243 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
244 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
245 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000246 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
247 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000249 return Expr;
250 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000251 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000252 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000253 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000254 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 }
256
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 return Expr;
259}
260
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000261/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000262/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000263/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
264void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
265 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
266 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000268 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000269 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000270 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000271 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
272 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
275}
276
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000277/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
278/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
279/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
280/// completely illegal.
281bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000282 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000283
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000284 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
285 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
286 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
287 << Expr->getType() << CT;
288 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
292 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT;
294
295 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000296}
297
298
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000299/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
300/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000302/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
303/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
304/// GCC.
305QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
306 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000307 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309
310 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000311
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000312 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000314 QualType lhs =
315 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000316 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000317 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
319 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
320 if (lhs == rhs)
321 return lhs;
322
323 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
324 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
325 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
326 return lhs;
327
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000329 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
331 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000332 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000333 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
334 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
335
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000336 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000338 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
339 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000340 return destType;
341}
342
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
344// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346
347
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000348/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000349/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
350/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
351/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
352/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000353///
354Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
357
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000358 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000359 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000361
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000362 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
364 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000365
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000367 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000369
370 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
371 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
372 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000373
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
375 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
376 // strings.
377 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000378 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000381 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 Literal.GetStringLength(),
384 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
385 &StringTokLocs[0],
386 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000387}
388
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000389/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
390/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
391/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
392/// for values inside the block or for globals).
393///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
395/// up-to-date.
396///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000397static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
398 ValueDecl *VD) {
399 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
400 // we wanted to.
401 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000404 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
405 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
406 return false;
407
408 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
409 // snapshot it.
410 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
411 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000412 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
413 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000415 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
416 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
417
418 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
419 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
420 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
421 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
422 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
423 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
424 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
425 // having a reference outside it.
426 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
427 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000429 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
430 // a snapshot as well.
431 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
432 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000434 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435}
436
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000437
438
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000439/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000440/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000441/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000442/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000443/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000444Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
445 IdentifierInfo &II,
446 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000447 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
448 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
449 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000450 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000451}
452
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000453/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000454Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000455Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
456 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
457 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
459 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000461 << D->getDeclName();
462 return ExprError();
463 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000465 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
466 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
467 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
468 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000470 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000472 << D->getIdentifier();
473 return ExprError();
474 }
475 }
476 }
477 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000479 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000481 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
482 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
483 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
484 D, Loc,
485 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000486}
487
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
489/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
490/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000491static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
492 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000496 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
497 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
498 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000500 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000501 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000502 D != DEnd; ++D) {
503 if (*D == Record) {
504 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
505 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
506 ++D;
507 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000508 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000509 return *D;
510 }
511 }
512
513 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
514 return 0;
515}
516
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000517/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
518/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
519/// actual member.
520///
521/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
522/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
523/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
524/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
525/// we found.
526///
527/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
528/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
529/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
530VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
531 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
533 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
534 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
535
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000536 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000537 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
538 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
539 do {
540 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000541 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000544 else {
545 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
546 break;
547 }
548 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000549 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000551
552 return BaseObject;
553}
554
555Sema::OwningExprResult
556Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
557 FieldDecl *Field,
558 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
559 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
560 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000562 AnonFields);
563
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
565 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
566 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
567 // found via name lookup.
568 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000570 if (BaseObject) {
571 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
572 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000573 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000574 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000575 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000576 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000577 BaseQuals
578 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
580 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
581 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
582 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
583 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000584 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
586 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
587 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000588 BaseQuals
589 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000590 } else {
591 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
592 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
593 // program our base object expression is "this".
594 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
595 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000596 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 = Context.getTagDeclType(
598 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
599 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000600 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
602 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
603 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000604 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000605 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
607 }
608 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000609 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
610 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000615 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
617 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000618 }
619
620 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
621 // anonymous struct/union.
622 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000623 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
625 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
626 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
627 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000628 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
629 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
630
631 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
632 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
633 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
634 ResultQuals.removeConst();
635
636 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
637 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
638
639 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
640 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
641
642 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
643 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
644 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
645
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000646 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000647 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000648 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
649 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000651 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 }
653
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000654 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000655}
656
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000657/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
658/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
659/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
660/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
661/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
662/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
663/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
664/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
665/// forms.
666///
667/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
668/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
669/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
670/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000671///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000672/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
673/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
674/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
675/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000676Sema::OwningExprResult
677Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
678 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000680 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000682 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
683 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000684
685 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
686 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
687 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
688 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000689 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000690 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000691 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000692 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000693 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
694 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000695 }
696
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000697 LookupResult Lookup;
698 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000699
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000700 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
701 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
702 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
703 : SourceRange());
704 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000706
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000707 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000708
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000709 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
710 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000711 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
712 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000713 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
714 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
716 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000717 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000718 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000719 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000721 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000722 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000723 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
724 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000725
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000726 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
727 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
728 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
729 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000730
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
732 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
733 // an error.
734 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
735 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
736 << IV->getDeclName());
737 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
738 // same name exists, use the global.
739 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000740 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
741 ClassDeclared != IFace)
742 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000743 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
744 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000745 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000746 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
747 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000748 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000749 return Owned(new (Context)
750 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000751 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000752 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000753 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000754 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000755 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
756 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000758 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000759 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
760 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000761 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000762 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000763 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000764 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000765 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000766 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000767
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000768 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000769 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
770 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000771 else
772 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000773 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000774 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000775 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000776
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000777 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
778 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000779 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000780 HasTrailingLParen;
781
782 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000783 // We've seen something of the form
784 //
785 // identifier(
786 //
787 // and we did not find any entity by the name
788 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
789 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
790 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
791 Context.OverloadTy,
792 Loc));
793 }
794
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000795 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000796 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000797 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000798 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000799 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000801 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000802 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
803 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000804 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
805 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
806 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
807 << SS->getRange());
808 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000809 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000810 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
811 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000812 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000814 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000815 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000816
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000817 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
818 // Warn about constructs like:
819 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
820 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000821
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000822 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
823 // information to check this property.
824 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
825 Scope *CheckS = S;
826 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000828 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
829 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
830 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
831 << Var->getDeclName());
832 else
833 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
834 << Var->getDeclName());
835 break;
836 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000837
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000838 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
839 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
840 if (CheckS)
841 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
842 }
843 }
844 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
845 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
846 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
847 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
848 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
849 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
850 // type.
851 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
852 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000853
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000854 QualType T = Func->getType();
855 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000856 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000857 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
858 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
859 }
860 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000862 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
863}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000864/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000865bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
867 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000868 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000869 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000870 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000872 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
873 return false;
874 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
875 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000876 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000877 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
878 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000879 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000880 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
881 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
882 DestRecordType,
883 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
884 From->getSourceRange()))
885 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000886 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
887 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000888 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000889 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000890}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000891
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000892/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000893static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
894 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000895 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
896 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000898 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000900 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
901 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
902 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000904 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
905}
906
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000907/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
908Sema::OwningExprResult
909Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
910 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000911 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000912 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
913 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
914 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000916 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
917 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
918 // not any specific instance's member.
919 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000920 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000921 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000922 QualType DType;
923 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
924 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
925 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
926 DType = Method->getType();
927 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
928 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
929 }
930 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
931 if (!DType.isNull()) {
932 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
933 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000934 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000935 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000936 }
937 }
938 }
939
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000940 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
941 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000942 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000943 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
944 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
945 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000946
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000947 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
948 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
949 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
950 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
951 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
952 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
953 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000954
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000955 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
956 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
957 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
958 // explicitly qualified.
959 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
960 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000961 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000962
963 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
964 return ExprError();
965 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
966 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000967 }
968
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000969 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000970 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
971 if (MD->isStatic())
972 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000973 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
974 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000975 }
976
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000977 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
978 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
979 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000980 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
981 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000982 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000983
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +0000984 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000986 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000987 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000988 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000989 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +0000990
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000991 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000992 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000993 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
994 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000995 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000996 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
997 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000998 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000999 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1000 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001001 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1002
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001003 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001004
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001005 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1006 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1007 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1008 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001009 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001010 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001011 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1012 return ExprError();
1013
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001014 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1015 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016 return ExprError();
1017
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001018 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1019 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1020 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1021 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001022 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001023 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1024 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1025 //
1026 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001027 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001028 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001029 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001030 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001031 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001032 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1033 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001034 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001036 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001037 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001038 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001039 }
1040 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1041 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001042
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001043 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001044 bool ValueDependent = false;
1045 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1046 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001047 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001048 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1049 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1050 TypeDependent = true;
1051 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1052 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1053 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1054 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1055 TypeDependent = true;
1056 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1057 // names a dependent type.
1058 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001059 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001060 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1061 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001062 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001063 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1064 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1065 TypeDependent = true;
1066 break;
1067 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001068 }
1069 }
1070 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001071
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001072 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1073 //
1074 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1075 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1076 if (TypeDependent)
1077 ValueDependent = true;
1078 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1079 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1080 ValueDependent = true;
1081 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1082 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001083 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001084 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001085 Dcl->getInit()) {
1086 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1087 }
1088 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001089 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001090
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001091 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1092 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001093}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001094
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001095Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1096 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001097 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001098
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001099 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001100 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001101 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1102 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1103 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001104 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001105
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001106 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1107 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001109 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1110 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001111 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001112 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001113 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001114
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001115 QualType ResTy;
1116 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1117 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1118 } else {
1119 unsigned Length =
1120 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001122 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001123 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001124 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1125 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001126 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001127}
1128
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001129Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001130 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001131 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1132 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1133 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001134
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001135 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1136 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1137 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001139
1140 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1141
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001142 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1143 Literal.isWide(),
1144 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001145}
1146
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1148 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001149 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1150 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001151 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001152 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001153 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001154 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001155 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001156
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001157 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001158 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1159 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001160 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001162 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001163 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001165 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001166 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001167 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError();
1169
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001170 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001172 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001173 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001174 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001175 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001176 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001177 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001178 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001179 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001180
1181 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1182
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001183 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1184 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001185 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1186 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001188 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001190 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001191 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001192
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001193 // long long is a C99 feature.
1194 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001195 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001196 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1197
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001198 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001199 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001201 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1202 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1203 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001204 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1205 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001206 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001207 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001208 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1209 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001210
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001211 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1212 // be an unsigned int.
1213 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1214
1215 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001216 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001217 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1218 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001219 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001220
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001221 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1222 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1223 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1224 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001226 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001227 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001228 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001229 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001230 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001232 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001233 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001234 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001236 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1237 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1238 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1239 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001240 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001241 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001243 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001244 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245 }
1246
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001247 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001248 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001249 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001251 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1252 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1253 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1254 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001255 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001256 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001258 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001259 }
1260 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001262 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1263 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001264 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001265 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001266 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001268 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001270 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1271 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001272 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001273 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001274 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001276 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1277 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001278 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001279 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280
1281 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001282}
1283
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1285 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001286 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001287 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001288 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001289}
1290
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001291/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001292/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001293bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001294 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1295 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1296 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001297 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1298 return false;
1299
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001300 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001301 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001302 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001303 if (isSizeof)
1304 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1305 return false;
1306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001308 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001309 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1311 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001312 return false;
1313 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001315 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001317 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1318 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001319 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001320
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001321 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001322 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001324 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1325 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001326 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001327
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001328 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001329}
1330
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001331bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1332 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1333 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001334
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001336 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1337 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001338
1339 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1340 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1341 return false;
1342
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001343 if (E->getBitField()) {
1344 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1345 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001346 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001347
1348 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1349 // bit-field.
1350 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001351 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001352 return false;
1353
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001354 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1355}
1356
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001357/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001358Action::OwningExprResult
1359Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001360 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1361 if (T.isNull())
1362 return ExprError();
1363
1364 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1365 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1366 return ExprError();
1367
1368 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1369 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1370 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1371 R.getEnd()));
1372}
1373
1374/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1375/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376Action::OwningExprResult
1377Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001378 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1379 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1380 bool isInvalid = false;
1381 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1382 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1383 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1384 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001385 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001386 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1387 isInvalid = true;
1388 } else {
1389 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1390 }
1391
1392 if (isInvalid)
1393 return ExprError();
1394
1395 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1396 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1397 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1398 R.getEnd()));
1399}
1400
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001401/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1402/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1403/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001404Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001405Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1406 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001407 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001408 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001409
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001410 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001411 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1412 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001413 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001415
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001416 // Get the end location.
1417 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1418 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1419 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1420
1421 if (Result.isInvalid())
1422 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1423
1424 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001425}
1426
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001427QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001428 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1429 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001431 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001432 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001433 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001434
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001435 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1436 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1437 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001438
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001439 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1441 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001442 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001443}
1444
1445
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001446
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447Action::OwningExprResult
1448Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1449 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001450 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1451 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001452 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001453
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001454 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1455 switch (Kind) {
1456 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1457 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1458 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1459 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001461 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1462 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1463 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001464 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001465 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1466
1467 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1468 //
1469 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1470 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1471 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1472 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1473 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1474 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1475 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 Expr *Args[2] = {
1477 Arg,
1478 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001479 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001480 };
1481
1482 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1483 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001484 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001485
1486 // Perform overload resolution.
1487 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001488 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001489 case OR_Success: {
1490 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1491 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1492
1493 if (FnDecl) {
1494 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1495 // operator.
1496
1497 // Convert the arguments.
1498 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1499 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001501 } else {
1502 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001504 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1505 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001507 }
1508
1509 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001510 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001511
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001512 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001513 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001514 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001515 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1516
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001518 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001519
1520 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1521 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1522 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1523 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1524
1525 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1526 FnDecl))
1527 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001528 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1529
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 } else {
1531 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1532 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1533 // operator node.
1534 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1535 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001536 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001537
1538 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001539 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001540 }
1541
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001542 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1543 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1544 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1545 // candidates.
1546 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1547 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1548 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1549 if (Result.isInvalid())
1550 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1551
1552 return move(Result);
1553 }
1554
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 case OR_Ambiguous:
1556 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1557 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1558 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1559 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001561
1562 case OR_Deleted:
1563 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1564 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1565 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1566 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1567 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1568 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001569 }
1570
1571 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1572 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1573 // build a built-in operation.
1574 }
1575
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001576 Input.release();
1577 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001578 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001579}
1580
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001581Action::OwningExprResult
1582Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1583 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001584 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1585 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1586
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001587 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1588 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001590 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001591 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1592 Base.release();
1593 Idx.release();
1594 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1595 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1596 }
1597
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001598 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001600 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1601 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1602 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001603 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001604 }
1605
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001606 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1607}
1608
1609
1610Action::OwningExprResult
1611Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1612 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1613 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1614 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1615
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001616 // Perform default conversions.
1617 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1618 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001620 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001621
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001622 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001623 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001624 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001625 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001626 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1627 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001628 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1629 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1630 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1631 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001632 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001633 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1634 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001635 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001636 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001637 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001638 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1639 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001640 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001642 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001643 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1644 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1645 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001647 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001648 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1649 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1650 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1651 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001652 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001653 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001654 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001655
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001656 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1657 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001658 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1659 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1660 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1661 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1662 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1663 // force the promotion here.
1664 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1665 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001666 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1667 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001668 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1669
1670 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1671 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001672 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001673 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1674 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1675 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1676 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001677 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1678 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001679 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1680
1681 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1682 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001683 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001684 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001685 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1686 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001688 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001689 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1690 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001691 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1692 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001693
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001694 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001695 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1696 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001697 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1698
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001699 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001700 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1701 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001702 // incomplete types are not object types.
1703 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1704 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1705 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1706 return ExprError();
1707 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001708
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001709 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001711 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1712 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001713 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001715 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1716 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1717 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1718 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1719 return ExprError();
1720 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001721
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001722 Base.release();
1723 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001724 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001725 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001726}
1727
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001728QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001729CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001731 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001732 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1733 // see FIXME there.
1734 //
1735 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1736 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001737 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001738
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001739 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001740 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001741
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001742 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1744 // to be selected.
1745 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001746
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001747 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1748 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001749 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001750
1751 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1752 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001753 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1755 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001756 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001757 do
1758 compStr++;
1759 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001760 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001761 do
1762 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001763 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001764 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001765
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001766 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001767 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1768 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001769 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1770 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001771 return QualType();
1772 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001773
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001774 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1775 // operates on.
1776 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001777 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001778
1779 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001780 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001781
1782 while (*compStr) {
1783 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1785 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1786 return QualType();
1787 }
1788 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001789 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001790
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001791 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1792 // number of elements.
1793 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001794 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001795 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001796 return QualType();
1797 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001798
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001799 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001800 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001801 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001802 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001803 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001804 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001805 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001806 if (HexSwizzle)
1807 CompSize--;
1808
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001809 if (CompSize == 1)
1810 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001811
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001812 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001813 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001814 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1815 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1816 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1817 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001818 }
1819 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001820}
1821
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001822static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001823 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001824 const Selector &Sel,
1825 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001827 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001828 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001829 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001830 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001831
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001832 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1833 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001834 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001835 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001836 return D;
1837 }
1838 return 0;
1839}
1840
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001841static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001842 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001843 const Selector &Sel,
1844 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001845 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1846 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001847 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001848 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001849 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001850 GDecl = PD;
1851 break;
1852 }
1853 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001854 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001855 GDecl = OMD;
1856 break;
1857 }
1858 }
1859 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001860 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001861 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1862 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001863 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001864 if (GDecl)
1865 return GDecl;
1866 }
1867 }
1868 return GDecl;
1869}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001870
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001871Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001872Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001874 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001875 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1876 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001877 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001878 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1879 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001880 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1881 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001882 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1883 return ExprError();
1884
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001885 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1886 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1887
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001888 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001889 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001891 // Perform default conversions.
1892 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001893
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001894 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001895 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1896 // use that.
1897 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1898 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1899 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1900 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1901 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001902 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001903 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001904 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001905 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001906
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001907 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1908 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1909 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1910 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1911 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1912 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1913 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1914 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1915 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1916 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1917 // Check the use of this method.
1918 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1919 return ExprError();
1920 }
1921 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1922 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1923 Selector SetterSel =
1924 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1925 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1926 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1927 if (!Setter) {
1928 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1929 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001930 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001931 }
1932 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1933 if (!Setter)
1934 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1935
1936 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1937 return ExprError();
1938
1939 if (Getter || Setter) {
1940 QualType PType;
1941
1942 if (Getter)
1943 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1944 else
1945 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1946 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1947 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1948 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1949 PType,
1950 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1951 }
1952 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1953 << MemberName << BaseType);
1954 }
1955 }
1956
1957 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1958 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1959 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001960 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001961 }
1962
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001963 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1964 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001965 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001966 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1967 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1968 if (SS) {
1969 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1970 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1971 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1972 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973
1974 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001975 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001976 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001977 FirstQualifierInScope,
1978 MemberName,
1979 MemberLoc,
1980 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1981 LAngleLoc,
1982 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1983 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1984 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001985 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001986 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001987 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001988 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1989 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001990 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001991 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1992 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1993 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001994 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001996 // (so we'll report an error for)
1997 // T* t;
1998 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002000 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2001 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2002 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002003 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002004
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002006 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2007 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2008 if (SS) {
2009 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2010 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2011 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2012 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002014 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 BaseExpr, false,
2016 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002017 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002018 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002019 FirstQualifierInScope,
2020 MemberName,
2021 MemberLoc,
2022 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2023 LAngleLoc,
2024 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2025 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2026 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002027 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002028 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002029
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002030 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2031 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002032 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002034 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002035 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2036 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002037 return ExprError();
2038
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002039 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2040 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2041 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2042 // nested-name-specifier.
2043 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002044
2045 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2046 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2047 << DC << SS->getRange();
2048 return ExprError();
2049 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002050
2051 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002052 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2053 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2054 }
2055
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002056 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002057 LookupResult Result;
2058 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002059
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002060 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002061 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2062 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002063 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002064 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2065 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002066 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002067 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002068
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002069 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2070
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002071 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002072 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002074 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002076 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002077
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002078 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2079 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2080 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2081 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2082 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2083 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002084
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002085 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2086 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2087 // error cases.
2088 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2089 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002090
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002091 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2092 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2093 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2094 // explicitly qualified.
2095 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2096 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2097 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002098
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002099 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002100 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002101 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002102
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002103 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002104 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2105 // (C++ [class.union]).
2106 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002107 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002108 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002109
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002110 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002111 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002112 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002113 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2114 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002115 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2116 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2117 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2118
2119 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2120 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2121
2122 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2123 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2124 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002125 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002126
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002127 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002128 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2129 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002130 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002131 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002132 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002133
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002134 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2135 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002136 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2137 Var, MemberLoc,
2138 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002139 }
2140 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2141 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002142 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2143 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2144 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002145 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002147 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2148 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002150 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2152 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002153 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2155 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2156 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002157 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002159 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2160 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2161 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002162 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002163 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002164 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2165 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2167 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002168 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002169 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2170 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2171 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002172 Context.OverloadTy));
2173
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002174 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2175 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002176 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002177 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2178 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002179 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2180 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002181 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002182 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002184 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002185
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002186 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2187 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2188 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2190 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002191 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002192 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002193
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002194 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2195 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2196 // pseudo-destructor.
2197 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2198 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2200 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002201 // type.
2202 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2203 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2204 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002206 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2207 // same as the object type.
2208 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2209 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2210 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2211 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2212 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002213
2214 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002215 // the form
2216 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2218 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002219 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2220 //
2221 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2222 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002224 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2225 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2226 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002228 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002229 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002230 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2231 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2232 MemberLoc));
2233 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002235 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2236 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002237 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2238 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002239 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002241 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002242 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002243 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2244
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002245 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2246 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002247 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002249 if (IV) {
2250 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2251 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2252 // error cases.
2253 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2254 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002255
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002256 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2257 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2258 return ExprError();
2259 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2260 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2261 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2262 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2263 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2264 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2265 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2266 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2267 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2268 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2269 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2270 // AST for a function decl.
2271 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002272 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002273 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2274 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2275 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2276 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2277 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2278 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279
2280 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2281 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002282 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002284 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002285 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2286 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002288 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002289 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002290
2291 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2292 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2293 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002294 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002295 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002296 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002297 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002298 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002299 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002300 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002302 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002303 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002304 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002306 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002307 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002308 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2309 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2310 // Check the use of this declaration
2311 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002313
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002314 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2315 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2316 }
2317 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2318 // Check the use of this method.
2319 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2320 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002321
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002322 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323 OMD->getResultType(),
2324 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002325 NULL, 0));
2326 }
2327 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002328
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002329 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002330 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002331 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002332 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2333 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002334 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002336 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2337 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2338 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002339 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002341 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002342 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002343 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2344 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2345 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002346 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002347 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002348 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002349 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2350 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002351 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002352 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2353 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002354 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002355 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2356 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002357 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002358 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2359 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002361
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002362 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002363 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2364 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002365 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2366 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002367 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002368 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2369 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2370 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002371
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002372 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2373 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2374 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002375 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2376 // selector is implemented.
2377
2378 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2379 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2380
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002381 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002382 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002383
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002384 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2385 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002386 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002387
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002388 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002389 if (!Getter)
2390 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002391 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002392 // Check if we can reference this property.
2393 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2394 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002395 }
2396 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2397 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398 Selector SetterSel =
2399 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002400 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002401 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002402 if (!Setter) {
2403 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2404 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002405 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002406 }
2407 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002408 if (!Setter)
2409 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002410
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002411 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2412 return ExprError();
2413
2414 if (Getter || Setter) {
2415 QualType PType;
2416
2417 if (Getter)
2418 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002419 else
2420 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2421 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002422 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002423 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002424 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2425 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002426 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002427 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002428 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002430 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002432 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002433 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002434 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2435 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2436
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002437 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002438 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002439 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002440 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2441 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002442 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002443 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002444 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002445 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002446
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002447 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2448 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2449
2450 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2451 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2452 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002453 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002454 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002456 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002457 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2458 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2459 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2460 }
2461
2462 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002463}
2464
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002465Action::OwningExprResult
2466Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2467 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2468 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2469 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002471 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2472}
2473
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002474Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2475 FunctionDecl *FD,
2476 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2477 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2478 Diag (CallLoc,
2479 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2480 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002482 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2483 } else {
2484 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2485 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2486
2487 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002488 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002489
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2491 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002492 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002493
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002494 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002496 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497
2498 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002499 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2500 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2501 return ExprError();
2502 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002504 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002506 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2507 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2508 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002510 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002511 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002512 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2513 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2514 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2515 }
2516 }
2517
2518 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2519 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2520}
2521
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2523/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2524/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2525/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2526/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2527/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002528bool
2529Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002531 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002532 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2533 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002534 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2536 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2537 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002538 bool Invalid = false;
2539
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002540 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2541 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2542 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2543 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2544 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2545 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2546 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2547 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002548 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002549 }
2550
2551 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2552 // them.
2553 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2554 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2555 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2556 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2557 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2558 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2559 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2560 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002561 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002562 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563 }
2564 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2565 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002566
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002567 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2568 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2569 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002570
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002571 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002572 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002573 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002574
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002575 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2576 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002577 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2578 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002579 return true;
2580
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002581 // Pass the argument.
2582 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2583 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002584 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002585 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586
2587 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002588 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2589 FDecl, Param);
2590 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2591 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002593 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002594 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2597 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002598
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002599 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2600 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002601 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2602 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2603 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2604 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2605 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2606
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002607 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2608 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2609 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002610 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002611 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2612 }
2613 }
2614
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002615 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002616}
2617
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002618/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2619/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2620/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2621/// template arguments, etc.
2622void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2623 NamedDecl *&Function,
2624 DeclarationName &Name,
2625 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2626 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2627 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2628 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002629 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002630 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2631 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2632 Function = 0;
2633 Name = DeclarationName();
2634 Qualifier = 0;
2635 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2636 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2637 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2638
2639 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2640 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2641 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2642 while (true) {
2643 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2644 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2645 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2646 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2647 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2648 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2649 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2650 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2651 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2652 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2653 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002654 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2655 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002656 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2657 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2658 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2659 }
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002660 break;
2661 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2662 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2663 Name = DepName->getName();
2664 break;
2665 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2666 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2667 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2668 if (!Function)
2669 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2670 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2671 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2672 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2673
2674 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2675 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2676 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2677 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2678 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2679 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2680 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2681 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2682 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2683 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2684 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2685 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2686 //
2687 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2688 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2689 // is still possible.
2690 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2691 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2692 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2693 }
2694 break;
2695 } else {
2696 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2697 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2698 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2699 break;
2700 }
2701 }
2702}
2703
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002704/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002705/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2706/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002707Action::OwningExprResult
2708Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2709 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002710 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002711 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002712
2713 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2714 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002716 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002717 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002718 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002719 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002720 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002721 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002723 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002724 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2725 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2726 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2727 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2728 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2729 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2730 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2731 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002733 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2734 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002735
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002736 NumArgs = 0;
2737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002738
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002739 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2740 RParenLoc));
2741 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002743 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002744 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002745 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2746 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002747 bool Dependent = false;
2748 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2749 Dependent = true;
2750 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2751 Dependent = true;
2752
2753 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002754 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002755 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2756
2757 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2758 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2759 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2760 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2761
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002762 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002763 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2764 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2765 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2766 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2767 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2768 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2769 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002770 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2771 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002772 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002773
2774 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2775 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2776 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2777 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002778 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2779 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2780 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002781
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002782 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2783 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2784 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2785 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002786
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002787 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2788 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2789 TheCall.get(), 0))
2790 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002791
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002792 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2793 RParenLoc))
2794 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002795
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002796 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2797 }
2798 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2799 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2800 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002801 }
2802 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002803 }
2804
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002805 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002807 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002808 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002809 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002810 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002811 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002812 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2813 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2814 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2815 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2816 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002817
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002818 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002819 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002820 if (NDecl) {
2821 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2822 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002823 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2824 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002825 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2826 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002827 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002828
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002829 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002830 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002831 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002832 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002833 ADL = false;
2834
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002835 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2836 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2837 ADL = false;
2838
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002839 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002841 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2842 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2843 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002845 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002846 if (!FDecl)
2847 return ExprError();
2848
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002849 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002850 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002851 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002852
2853 // Promote the function operand.
2854 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2855
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002856 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2857 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002858 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2859 Args, NumArgs,
2860 Context.BoolTy,
2861 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002862
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002863 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2864 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2865 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2866 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002867 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002868 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002869 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2870 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002871 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002872 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002873 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002874 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002875 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002876 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002877 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2878 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2879
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002880 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002881 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2882 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2883 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002884 return ExprError();
2885
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002886 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002887 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002888
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002889 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002891 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002892 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002893 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002894 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002895
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002896 if (FDecl) {
2897 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2898 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2899 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002900 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002901 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002902 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002903 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2904 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2905 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2906 }
2907 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002908 }
2909
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002910 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002911 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2912 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2913 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002914 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2915 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002916 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2917 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002918 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002919 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002920 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002921 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002922
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002923 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2924 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002925 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2926 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002927
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002928 // Check for sentinels
2929 if (NDecl)
2930 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002932 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002933 if (FDecl) {
2934 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2935 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002936
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002937 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002938 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2939 } else if (NDecl) {
2940 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2941 return ExprError();
2942 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002943
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002944 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002945}
2946
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002947Action::OwningExprResult
2948Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2949 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002950 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002951 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2952 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002953 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002954 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002955 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002956
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002957 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002958 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002959 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2960 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002961 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2962 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002963 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002964 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002965 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002966 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002967
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002968 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002969 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002970 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002971
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002972 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002973 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002974 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002975 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002976 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002977 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002978 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002979 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002980}
2981
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002982Action::OwningExprResult
2983Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002984 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2985 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2986 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002987
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002988 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002989 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002990
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002991 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002992 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002993 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002994 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002995}
2996
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00002997static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
2998 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
2999 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3000 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3001 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3002
3003 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3004 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3005 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3006 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3007 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3008 }
3009
3010 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3011 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3012 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3013 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3014 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3015 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3016 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3020 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3021 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3022 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3023 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3024 }
3025
3026 // FIXME: Assert here.
3027 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3028 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3029}
3030
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003031/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003032bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003033 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003034 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3035 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003037 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3038 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003039
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003040 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003041
3042 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3043 // type needs to be scalar.
3044 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3045 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003046 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3047 return false;
3048 }
3049
3050 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003051 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3052 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3053 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3054 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003055 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003056 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3057 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003058 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003059 return false;
3060 }
3061
3062 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003063 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003064 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003065 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003066 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003067 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3068 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3069 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3070 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3071 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3072 break;
3073 }
3074 }
3075 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3076 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3077 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003078 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003079 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003080 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003081
3082 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3083 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3084 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3085 }
3086
3087 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3088 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003089 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3090 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003091 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003092 }
3093
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003094 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3095 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3096
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003097 if (castType->isVectorType())
3098 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3099 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3100 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3101
3102 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003103 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003104
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003105 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3106 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3107
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003108 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003109 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3110 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3111 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3112 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3113 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3114 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3115 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3116 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3117 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3118 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003119 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003120
3121 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003122 return false;
3123}
3124
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003125bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3126 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003127 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003129 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003130 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003131 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003132 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003133 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003134 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003135 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003136 } else
3137 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003138 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003139 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003141 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003142 return false;
3143}
3144
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003145bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3146 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003147 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003148
3149 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3150
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003151 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3152 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003153 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3154 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3155 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3156 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003157 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003158 return false;
3159 }
3160
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003161 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003162 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3163 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003164 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3165 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3166 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3167 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003168
3169 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3170 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3171 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003172
3173 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003174 return false;
3175}
3176
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003177Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003178Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003179 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003180 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003181
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003182 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3183 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003184
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003185 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003186 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3187 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003189 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3190 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3191 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003192 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003193 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003194 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003195 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003196
3197 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003198 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003199 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003200
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003201 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3202 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003203
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003204 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3205 } else {
3206 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003208
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003209 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003211 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003212}
3213
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003214/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3215/// of comma binary operators.
3216Action::OwningExprResult
3217Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3218 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3219 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3220 if (!E)
3221 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003222
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003223 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003225 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3226 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3227 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003228
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003229 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3230}
3231
3232Action::OwningExprResult
3233Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3234 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3235 QualType Ty) {
3236 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
3238 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003239 // then handle it as such.
3240 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3241 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3242 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3243 return ExprError();
3244 }
3245
3246 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3247 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3248 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3249
3250 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3251 // braces instead of the original commas.
3252 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003253 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003254 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3255 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003256 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003257 Owned(E));
3258 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003259 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003260 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3261 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3262 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3263 }
3264}
3265
3266Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3267 SourceLocation R,
3268 MultiExprArg Val) {
3269 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3270 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3271 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3272 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3273 return Owned(expr);
3274}
3275
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003276/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3277/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003278/// C99 6.5.15
3279QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3280 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003281 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3283 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3284
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003285 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3286 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3287 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3288 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3289 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3290 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003291
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003292 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003293 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3294 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3295 << CondTy;
3296 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003297 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003298
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003299 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003300 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3301 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003302
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003303 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3304 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003305 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3306 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3307 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003308 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003309
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003310 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3311 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003312 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3313 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003314 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003316 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003317 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003318 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003319 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003321 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003322 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003323 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3324 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3325 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3326 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3327 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3328 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3329 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003330 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3331 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003332 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003333 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003334 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3335 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003336 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003337 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003338 // promote the null to a pointer.
3339 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003340 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003341 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003342 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003343 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003344 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003345 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003346 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003347 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3348 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3349 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3350 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3351 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003352 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003353 return LHSTy;
3354 }
3355 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3356 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003357 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003358 return RHSTy;
3359 }
3360 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3361 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3362 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003363 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003364 return LHSTy;
3365 }
3366 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3367 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003368 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003369 return RHSTy;
3370 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003371 // Handle block pointer types.
3372 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3373 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3374 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3375 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003376 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3377 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003378 return destType;
3379 }
3380 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3381 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3382 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003383 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003384 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3385 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3386 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003387 return LHSTy;
3388 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003389 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003390 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3391 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003393 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3394 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003395 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3396 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3397 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3398 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3399 // to get a consistent AST.
3400 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003401 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3402 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003403 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003404 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003405 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003406 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3407 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003408 return LHSTy;
3409 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003410 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003411 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003413 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3414 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3415 return LHSTy;
3416 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003417 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3418 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003419 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003420
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003421 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3422 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3423 // type. This allows
3424 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3425 // where B is a subclass of A.
3426 //
3427 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3428 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3429 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3430 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3431
3432 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3433 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003434 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003435 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003436 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003437 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003439 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003440 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003441 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003442 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3443 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3444 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3445 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3446 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003447 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003448 } else if (!(compositeType =
3449 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3450 ;
3451 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003452 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3453 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3454 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3455 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003456 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3457 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003458 return incompatTy;
3459 }
3460 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003461 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3462 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003463 return compositeType;
3464 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003465 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3466 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003467 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003468 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003469 QualType destPointee
3470 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003471 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003472 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3473 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3474 // Promote to void*.
3475 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003476 return destType;
3477 }
3478 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003479 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003480 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003481 QualType destPointee
3482 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003483 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003484 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3485 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3486 // Promote to void*.
3487 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003488 return destType;
3489 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003490 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3491 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3492 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003493 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3494 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495
3496 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3497 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3498 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003499 QualType destPointee
3500 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003501 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003502 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3503 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3504 // Promote to void*.
3505 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003506 return destType;
3507 }
3508 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003509 QualType destPointee
3510 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003511 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003512 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3513 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3514 // Promote to void*.
3515 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003516 return destType;
3517 }
3518
3519 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3520 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3521 return LHSTy;
3522 }
3523 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3524 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3525 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3526 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3527 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3528 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3529 // to get a consistent AST.
3530 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003531 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3532 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003533 return incompatTy;
3534 }
3535 // The pointer types are compatible.
3536 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3537 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3538 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3539 // type.
3540 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3541 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003542 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3543 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003544 return LHSTy;
3545 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003547 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3548 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3549 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3550 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003551 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003552 return RHSTy;
3553 }
3554 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3555 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3556 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003557 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003558 return LHSTy;
3559 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003560
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003561 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003562 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3563 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003564 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003565}
3566
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003567/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003568/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003569Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3570 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3571 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3572 ExprArg RHS) {
3573 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3574 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003575
3576 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3577 // was the condition.
3578 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3579 if (isLHSNull)
3580 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003581
3582 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003583 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003584 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003585 return ExprError();
3586
3587 Cond.release();
3588 LHS.release();
3589 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003590 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003591 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003592 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003593}
3594
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003595// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003596// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003597// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3598// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3599// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003600Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003601Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003602 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003603
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003604 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3605 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3606 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3607 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3608 return Compatible;
3609 }
3610
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003611 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003612 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3613 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003615 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003616 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3617 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003618
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003619 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003620
3621 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3622 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3623 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003624 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003625 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003626 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003627
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003628 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3629 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003630 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003631 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003632 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003633 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003635 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003636 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3637 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003638 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003640 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003641 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003642 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003643
3644 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003645 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3646 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003647 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003649 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003650 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3651 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3652 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3653 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3654 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3655 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003656 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003657 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003658 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003659 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003660
3661 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003662 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003663 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003664 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003665
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003666 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3667 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3668 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3669 // warning can be disabled.
3670 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3671 return ConvTy;
3672 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3673 }
3674 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003676 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003677 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003678}
3679
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003680/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3681/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3682/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3683// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003684Sema::AssignConvertType
3685Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003686 QualType rhsType) {
3687 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003689 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003690 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3691 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003692
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003693 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3694 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3695 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003696
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003697 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003698
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003699 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3700 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3701 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003702
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003703 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003705 return ConvTy;
3706}
3707
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003708/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3709/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003710/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3711///
3712/// int a, *pint;
3713/// short *pshort;
3714/// struct foo *pfoo;
3715///
3716/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3717/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3718/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3719/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3720///
3721/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003722/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003723///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003724Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003725Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003726 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3727 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003728 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3729 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003730
3731 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003732 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003733
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003734 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3735 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3736 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3737 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3738 return Compatible;
3739 }
3740
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003741 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3742 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3743 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3744 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3745 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3746 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3747 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003748 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003749 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003750 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003751 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003752 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003753 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3754 // to the same ExtVector type.
3755 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3756 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3757 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3758 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3759 return Compatible;
3760 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003761
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003762 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003763 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003765 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003766 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3767 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003768 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003769 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003770 }
3771 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003773
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003774 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003775 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003776
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003777 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003778 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003779 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003780
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003781 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003782 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003784 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003785 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003786 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3787 return Compatible;
3788 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003789 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003790 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3791 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003792 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003793
3794 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003795 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003796 return Compatible;
3797 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003798 return Incompatible;
3799 }
3800
3801 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3802 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003803 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003805 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003806 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003807 return Compatible;
3808
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003809 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3810 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003812 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003813 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003814 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003815 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003816 return Incompatible;
3817 }
3818
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003819 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3820 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3821 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003822
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003823 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003824 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003825 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3826 return Compatible;
3827 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003828 }
3829 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003830 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3831 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003832 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3833 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003834 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3835 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003836 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003837 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003838 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003839 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3840 return Compatible;
3841 }
3842 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3843 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3844 return Compatible;
3845 return Incompatible;
3846 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003847 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003848 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003849 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3850 return Compatible;
3851
3852 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003853 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003854
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003856 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857
3858 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003859 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003860 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003861 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003862 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003863 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3864 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3865 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3866 return Compatible;
3867
3868 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3869 return PointerToInt;
3870
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003871 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003872 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003873 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3874 return Compatible;
3875 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003876 }
3877 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003878 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003879 return Compatible;
3880 return Incompatible;
3881 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003882
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003883 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003884 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003885 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003886 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003887 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003888}
3889
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003890/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3891/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003893 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3894 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3895 // of the transparent union.
3896 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3897 &E, 1,
3898 SourceLocation());
3899 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3900 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3901
3902 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3903 // union type from this initializer list.
3904 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3905 false);
3906}
3907
3908Sema::AssignConvertType
3909Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3910 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3911
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003913 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3914 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003915 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003916 return Incompatible;
3917
3918 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3919 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3920 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3921 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003922 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3923 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003924 it != itend; ++it) {
3925 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3926 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3927 // 1) void pointer
3928 // 2) null pointer constant
3929 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003930 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003931 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003932 InitField = *it;
3933 break;
3934 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003936 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3937 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003938 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003939 InitField = *it;
3940 break;
3941 }
3942 }
3943
3944 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3945 == Compatible) {
3946 InitField = *it;
3947 break;
3948 }
3949 }
3950
3951 if (!InitField)
3952 return Incompatible;
3953
3954 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3955 return Compatible;
3956}
3957
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003958Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003959Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003960 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3961 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3962 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3963 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3964 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003965 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3966 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003967 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003968 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003969 }
3970
3971 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3972 // structures.
3973 }
3974
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003975 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3976 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3978 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003979 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003980 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3981 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003982 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003983 return Compatible;
3984 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003985
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003986 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003987 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003988 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003989 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003990 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003991 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003992 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3993 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003994
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003995 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3996 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003997
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003998 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3999 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004000 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4001 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4002 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4003 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004004 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004005 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4006 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004007 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004008}
4009
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004010QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004012 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004013 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004014 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004015}
4016
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004017inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004018 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004019 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004020 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004021 QualType lhsType =
4022 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4023 QualType rhsType =
4024 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004025
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004026 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004027 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004028 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004029
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004030 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4031 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004032 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4033 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004034 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4035 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004036 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004037 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004038 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004039 }
4040 }
4041 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004043 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4044 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4045 bool swapped = false;
4046 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4047 swapped = true;
4048 std::swap(rex, lex);
4049 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4050 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004051
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004052 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004053 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004054 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4055 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4056 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004057 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004058 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4059 return lhsType;
4060 }
4061 }
4062 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4063 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4064 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004065 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004066 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4067 return lhsType;
4068 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004069 }
4070 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004071
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004072 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004073 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004074 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004075 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004076 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004077}
4078
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004079inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004081 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004082 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004083
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004084 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004085
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004086 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004087 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004088 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004089}
4090
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004091inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004092 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004093 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4094 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4095 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4096 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4097 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004098
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004099 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004100
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004101 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004102 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004103 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004104}
4105
4106inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004108 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4109 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4110 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4111 return compType;
4112 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004113
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004114 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004115
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004116 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004117 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4118 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4119 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004120 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004121 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004122
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004123 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4124 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004125 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004126 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4127
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004128 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004129
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004130 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004131 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004132
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004133 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4134 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004135 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004137 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004138 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004139 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004140
4141 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4142 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4143 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004144 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004145 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4147 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4148 return QualType();
4149 }
4150
4151 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4152 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4153 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004154 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004155 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004156 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004157 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004158 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4159 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004160 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4161 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004162 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004163 return QualType();
4164 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004165 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4166 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4168 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4169 return QualType();
4170 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004171
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004172 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004173 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4174 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4175 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4176 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4177 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004178 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004179 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4180 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004181 return PExp->getType();
4182 }
4183 }
4184
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004185 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004186}
4187
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004188// C99 6.5.6
4189QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004190 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4191 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4192 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4193 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4194 return compType;
4195 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004196
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004197 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004198
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004199 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004201 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004202 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4203 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004204 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004205 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004206 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004207
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004208 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004209 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004210 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004211
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004212 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004213
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004214 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4215 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4216 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4217 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4218 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4219 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4220 return QualType();
4221 }
4222
4223 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4224 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4225 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4226 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4227 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004228 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004229 return QualType();
4230 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004231
4232 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4233 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4234 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004235 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004236 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004237 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004238 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004239 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004240
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004241 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4242 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4243 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4244 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4245 return QualType();
4246 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004248 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004249 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4250 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4251 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4252 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4253 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4254 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004255 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004256 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4257
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004258 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004259 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004260 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004261
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004262 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004263 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004264 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004265
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004266 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4267 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4268 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4269 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4270 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4271 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4272 return QualType();
4273 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004274
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004275 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4276 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4277 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4278 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004279 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004280 return QualType();
4281 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004282
4283 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4284 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4285 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4286 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4287 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004288 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4289 << rex->getSourceRange()
4290 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004291 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004292
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004293 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4294 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4295 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4296 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4297 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4298 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4299 return QualType();
4300 }
4301 } else {
4302 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4303 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4304 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4305 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4307 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4308 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4309 return QualType();
4310 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004311 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004312
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004313 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4314 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4315 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4316 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4317 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004318 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004319 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004320
4321 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004322 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4323 }
4324 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004326 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004327}
4328
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004329// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004330QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004331 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004332 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4333 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004334 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004335
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004336 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4337 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4338 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4339
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004340 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4341 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004342 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4343 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4344 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4345 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4346 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004347 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004348 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004349 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004350
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004351 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004352
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004353 // Sanity-check shift operands
4354 llvm::APSInt Right;
4355 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004356 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4357 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004358 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004359 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4360 else {
4361 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4362 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4363 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4364 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4365 }
4366 }
4367
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004368 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004369 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004370}
4371
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004372// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004373QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004374 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4375 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4376
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004377 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004378 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004379
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004380 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004381 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4382 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4383 else {
4384 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4385 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4386 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004387 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4388 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004390 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4391 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004392 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4393 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4394 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004395 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004396 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004397 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4398 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4399 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4400 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004401 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4402 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004404
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004405 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4406 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4407 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4408 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004409
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004410 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4411 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004412 Expr *literalString = 0;
4413 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004414 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004415 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4416 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004417 literalString = lex;
4418 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004419 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4420 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004421 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4422 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004423 literalString = rex;
4424 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4425 }
4426
4427 if (literalString) {
4428 std::string resultComparison;
4429 switch (Opc) {
4430 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4431 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4432 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4433 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4434 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4435 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4436 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4437 }
4438 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4439 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4440 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004441 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4442 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4443 "strcmp(")
4444 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4445 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004446 resultComparison);
4447 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004448 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004450 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004451 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004452
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004453 if (isRelational) {
4454 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004455 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004456 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004457 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004458 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004459 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004460 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004461 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004462
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004463 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004464 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004465 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004466
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004467 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4468 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4469 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4470 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004471
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004472 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4473 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4474 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004475 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004476 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004477 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004478 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004479 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004480
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004481 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004482 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4483 return ResultTy;
4484
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004485 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4486 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4487 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4488 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4489 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4490 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004491 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004492 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004493 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004494 if (T.isNull()) {
4495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4496 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4497 return QualType();
4498 }
4499
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004500 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4501 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004502 return ResultTy;
4503 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004504 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4505 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4506 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4507 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4508 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4509 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4510 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4511 }
4512 } else if (!isRelational &&
4513 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4514 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4515 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4516 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4517 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4518 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4519 }
4520 } else {
4521 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004522 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004523 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004524 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004525 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004526 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004527 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004528 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004529
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004531 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004532 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004533 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004534 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4535 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004536 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004537 return ResultTy;
4538 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004539 if (LHSIsNull &&
4540 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4541 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004542 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004543 return ResultTy;
4544 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004545
4546 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004547 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004548 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4549 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4551 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4552 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4553 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4554 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4555 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4556 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4557 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004558 // types.
4559 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4560 if (T.isNull()) {
4561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4562 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4563 return QualType();
4564 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004565
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004566 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4567 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004568 return ResultTy;
4569 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004570
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004571 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004572 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4573 return ResultTy;
4574 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004575
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004576 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004577 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004578 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4579 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004580
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004581 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004582 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004583 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004584 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004585 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004586 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004587 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004588 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004589 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004590 if (!isRelational
4591 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4592 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004593 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004594 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004595 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004596 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004597 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4598 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4599 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004600 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004601 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004602 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004603 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004604
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004605 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004606 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004607 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4608 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004609 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004610 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004612 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004613
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004614 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4615 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004616 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004617 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004618 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004619 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004620 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004621 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004622 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004623 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004624 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4625 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004626 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004627 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004628 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004629 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004630 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004631 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4632 if (RHSIsNull) {
4633 if (isRelational)
4634 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4635 } else if (isRelational)
4636 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4637 else
4638 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004639
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004640 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004641 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004642 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004643 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004644 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004645 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004646 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004647 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004648 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4649 if (LHSIsNull) {
4650 if (isRelational)
4651 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4652 } else if (isRelational)
4653 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4654 else
4655 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004657 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004658 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004659 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004660 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004661 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004662 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004663 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004664 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004665 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4666 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004667 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004668 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004669 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004670 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4671 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004672 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004673 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004674 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004675 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004676}
4677
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004678/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004679/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004680/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4681/// types.
4682QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004683 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004684 bool isRelational) {
4685 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4686 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004687 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004688 if (vType.isNull())
4689 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004691 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4692 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004693
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004694 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4695 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4696 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4697 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4698 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4699 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4700 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004701 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004702 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004703
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004704 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4705 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4706 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004707 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004708 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004709
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004710 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4711 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4712 // elements for floating point vectors.
4713 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4714 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004715
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004716 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004717 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004718 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004719 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004720 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004721 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4722
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004724 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004725 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4726}
4727
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004728inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004729 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004730 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004731 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004732
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004733 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004734
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004735 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004736 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004737 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004738}
4739
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004740inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004741 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004742 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4743 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004744
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004745 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4746 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4747
4748 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4749 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4750 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4751 return Context.BoolTy;
4752 }
4753
4754 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004755}
4756
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004757/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4758/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4759/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4760///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004761static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004762 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4763 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4764 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4765 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004766 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004767 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4768 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4769 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4770 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004771 }
4772 }
4773 return false;
4774}
4775
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004776/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4777/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4778static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004779 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004780 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004781 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004782 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4783 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004784 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4785 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004786
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004787 unsigned Diag = 0;
4788 bool NeedType = false;
4789 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4790 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4791 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004793 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4794 NeedType = true;
4795 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004796 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004797 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4798 NeedType = true;
4799 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004800 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004801 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4802 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004803 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004804 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4805 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004806 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4807 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004808 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004809 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4810 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004811 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004812 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4813 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004814 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004815 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4816 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004817 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4818 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4819 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004820 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4821 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4822 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004823 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004824
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004825 SourceRange Assign;
4826 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4827 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004828 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004829 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004830 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004831 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004832 return true;
4833}
4834
4835
4836
4837// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004838QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4839 SourceLocation Loc,
4840 QualType CompoundType) {
4841 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4842 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004843 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004844
4845 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4846 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004847
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004848 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004849 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004850 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004851 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004852 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4853 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4854 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004855 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004856 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004857 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004858 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004860 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4861 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4862 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004863 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004864 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4865 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4866 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4867 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4868 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004869 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004870 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004871 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4872 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4873 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004874 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4875 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004876 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4877 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4878 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004879 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004880 }
4881 } else {
4882 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004883 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004884 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004885
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004886 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4887 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004888 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004890 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4891 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004892 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004893 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4894 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004895 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004896 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004897 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004898}
4899
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004900// C99 6.5.17
4901QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004902 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004903 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004904
4905 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4906 // incomplete in C++).
4907
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004908 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004909}
4910
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004911/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4912/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004913QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4914 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004915 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4916 return Context.DependentTy;
4917
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004918 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4919 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00004920
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004921 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4922 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4923 if (!isInc) {
4924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4925 return QualType();
4926 }
4927 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4928 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4929 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004930 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004931 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4932 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004933
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004934 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004935 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004936 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4937 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4938 << Op->getSourceRange();
4939 return QualType();
4940 }
4941
4942 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004943 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004944 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004945 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4946 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4947 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4948 return QualType();
4949 }
4950
4951 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004952 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004953 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004954 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004955 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004956 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004957 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004958 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4959 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4960 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4961 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4962 return QualType();
4963 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004964 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4965 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4966 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004967 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004968 } else {
4969 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004970 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004971 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00004972 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004973 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004974 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004975 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00004976 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004977 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004978}
4979
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004980/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00004981/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004982/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4983/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4984/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4985/// - &(x) => x
4986/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4987/// - &s.xx => s
4988/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4989/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4990/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4991/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004992static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004993 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00004994 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004995 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00004996 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004997 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4998 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4999 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005000 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005001 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005002 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005003 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005004 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005005 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5006 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005007 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5008 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5009 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5010 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5011 }
5012 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005013 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005014 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5015 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005016
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005017 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005018 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5019 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5020 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5021 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5022 default:
5023 return 0;
5024 }
5025 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005026 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005027 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005028 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005029 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5030 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005031 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005032 default:
5033 return 0;
5034 }
5035}
5036
5037/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005038/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005039/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005040/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005041/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005042/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005043/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005044QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005045 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5046 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5047
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005048 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5049 return Context.DependentTy;
5050
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005051 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5052 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5053 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5054 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5055 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5056 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5057 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5058 }
5059 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5060 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5061 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005062 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005063 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005064
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005065 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5066 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005067 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005068 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005069 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005070 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5071 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005072 return QualType();
5073 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005074 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005075 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5076 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5077 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005078 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005079 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5080 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005081 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005082 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005083 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005084 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005085 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5086 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5087 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5088 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5089 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005090 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5091 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005092 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5093 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005094 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005095 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005096 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5097 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005098 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005099 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5100 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005101 return QualType();
5102 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005103 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5104 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005105 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005106 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005107 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005108 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5109 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005110 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005111 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005112 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5113 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005114 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005115 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5116 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5117 return QualType();
5118 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005119
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005120 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5121 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005122 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005123 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005124 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005125 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005126 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005127 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5128 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005129 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5130 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5131 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005132 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005133 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005134
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005135 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5136 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5137 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5138 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5139 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5140 }
5141
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005142 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005143 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005144}
5145
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005146QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005147 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5148 return Context.DependentTy;
5149
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005150 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5151 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005153 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5154 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5155 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5156 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005157 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005158 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005159
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005160 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005161 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005162
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005163 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005164 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005165 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005166}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005167
5168static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5169 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5170 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5171 switch (Kind) {
5172 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005173 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5174 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005175 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5176 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5177 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5178 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5179 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5180 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5181 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5182 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5183 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5184 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5185 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5186 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5187 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5188 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5189 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5190 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5191 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5192 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5193 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5194 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5195 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5196 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5197 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5198 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5199 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5200 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5201 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5202 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5203 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5204 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5205 }
5206 return Opc;
5207}
5208
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005209static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5210 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5211 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5212 switch (Kind) {
5213 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5214 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5215 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5216 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5217 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5218 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5219 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5220 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5221 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005222 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5223 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005224 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005225 }
5226 return Opc;
5227}
5228
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005229/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5230/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5231/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005232Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5233 unsigned Op,
5234 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005235 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005236 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005237 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5238 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5239 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005240
5241 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005242 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5243 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5244 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005245 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5246 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5247 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5248 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5249 break;
5250 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005251 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5252 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5253 break;
5254 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5255 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5256 break;
5257 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5258 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5259 break;
5260 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5261 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5262 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005263 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005264 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5265 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5266 break;
5267 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5268 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5269 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5270 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005271 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005272 break;
5273 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5274 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005275 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005276 break;
5277 case BinaryOperator::And:
5278 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5279 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5280 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5281 break;
5282 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5283 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5284 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5285 break;
5286 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5287 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005288 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5289 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5290 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5291 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005292 break;
5293 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005294 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5295 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5296 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5297 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005298 break;
5299 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005300 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5301 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5302 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005303 break;
5304 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005305 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5306 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5307 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005308 break;
5309 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5310 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005311 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5312 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5313 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5314 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005315 break;
5316 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5317 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5318 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005319 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5320 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5321 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5322 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005323 break;
5324 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5325 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5326 break;
5327 }
5328 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005329 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005330 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005331 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5332 else
5333 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005334 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5335 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005336}
5337
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005338/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5339/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005340static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5341 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5342 SourceRange ParenRange)
5343{
5344 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5345 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5346 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5347 // warning/error and return.
5348 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5349 return;
5350 }
5351
5352 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5353 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5354 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5355}
5356
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005357/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5358/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5359/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5360/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005361static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5362 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005363 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5364 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5365 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5366 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005367 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005368 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005369 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5370
5371 // Subs are not binary operators.
5372 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5373 return;
5374
5375 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5376 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005377 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5378 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005379 return;
5380
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005381 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005382 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5383 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005384 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5385 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5386 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5387 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005388 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5389 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005390 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5391 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5392 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005393}
5394
5395/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5396/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5397/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5398static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5399 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005400 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005401 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5402}
5403
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005404// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005405Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5406 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5407 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005408 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005409 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005410
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005411 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5412 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005413
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005414 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5415 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5416
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005417 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005418 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005419 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5420 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5421 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5422 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5423 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005424 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005425 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5426 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5427 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5428 Functions);
5429 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005430 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005431 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005432 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005433 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005434
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005435 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5436 // binary operation.
5437 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005438 }
5439
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005440 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5441 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005442}
5443
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005444Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005445 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005446 ExprArg InputArg) {
5447 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005448
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005449 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005450 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005451 QualType resultType;
5452 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005453 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5454 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5455 break;
5456
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005457 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5458 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005459 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5460 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005461 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005462 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5463 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005464 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005465 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005466 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005467 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005468 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005469 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005470 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005471 break;
5472 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5473 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005474 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5475 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005476 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5477 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005478 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5479 break;
5480 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5481 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5482 break;
5483 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5484 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5485 resultType->isPointerType())
5486 break;
5487
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5489 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005490 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005491 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5492 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005493 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5494 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005495 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5496 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5497 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005498 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005499 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005500 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005501 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5502 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005503 break;
5504 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005505 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005506 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5507 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005508 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5509 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005510 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005511 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5512 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005513 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005514 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5515 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005516 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005517 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005518 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005519 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005520 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005521 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005522 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005523 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005524 }
5525 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005526 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005527
5528 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005529 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005530}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005531
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005532// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5533Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5534 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5535 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5536 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5537
5538 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5539 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5540 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5541 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5542 // the arguments.
5543 FunctionSet Functions;
5544 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5545 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5546 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5547 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005548 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005549 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005550 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005551 }
5552
5553 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5554 }
5555
5556 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5557}
5558
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005559/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005560Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5561 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5562 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005563 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005564 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005565
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005566 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5567 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005568 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005569 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005570
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005571 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005572 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5573 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005574}
5575
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005576Sema::OwningExprResult
5577Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5578 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5579 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005580 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5581 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5582
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005583 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005584 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005585 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005586
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005587 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5588 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5589 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005590
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005591 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5592 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5593 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005594
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005595 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5596 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5597 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5598 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5599 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005600
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005601 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005602 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005603 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005604
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005605 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5606 // expressions are not lvalues.
5607
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005608 substmt.release();
5609 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005610}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005611
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005612Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5613 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5614 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5615 TypeTy *argty,
5616 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5617 unsigned NumComponents,
5618 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5619 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5620 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005621 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5622 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005623 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005624
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005625 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5626
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005627 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5628 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5629 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005630 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005631 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005632
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005633 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5634 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005635
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005636 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5637 // the offsetof designators.
5638 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5639 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005640 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005641 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005642
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005643 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5644 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005645 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5646 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005647 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005648 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5649 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005650
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005651 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005652 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005653
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005654 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5655 // leaks like a sieve.
5656 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5657 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5658 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5659 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5660 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5661 if (!AT) {
5662 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005663 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5664 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005665 }
5666
5667 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5668
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005669 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5670 // expression.
5671 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5672
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005673 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5674 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005675 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005676 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005677 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005678 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005679 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005680
5681 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5682 OC.LocEnd);
5683 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005684 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005685
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005686 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005687 if (!RC) {
5688 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005689 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5690 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005691 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005692
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005693 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5694 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005695 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005696 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005697 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5698 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5699 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005700 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5701 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005702 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005703
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005704 LookupResult R;
5705 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5706
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005707 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005708 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005709 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005710 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005711 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5712 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005713
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005714 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5715 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005716 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005717 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5718 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005719 } else {
5720 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5721 // doesn't matter here.
5722 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5723 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5724 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005725 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005726 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005727
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005728 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5729 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005730}
5731
5732
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005733Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5734 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5735 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005736 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5737 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5738 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005739
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005740 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005741
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5743 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5744 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5745 return ExprError();
5746 }
5747
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005748 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5749 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005750}
5751
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005752Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5753 ExprArg cond,
5754 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5755 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5756 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5757 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5758 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005759
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005760 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5761
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005762 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005763 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005764 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005765 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005766 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005767 } else {
5768 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5769 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5770 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5771 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005772 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5773 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5774 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005775
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005776 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5777 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005778 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5779 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005780 }
5781
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005782 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5783 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005784 resType, RPLoc,
5785 resType->isDependentType(),
5786 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005787}
5788
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005789//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5790// Clang Extensions.
5791//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5792
5793/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005794void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005795 // Analyze block parameters.
5796 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005797
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005798 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5799 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5800 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005801
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005802 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005803 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005804 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005805 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005806 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5807 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005808
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005809 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005810 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005811}
5812
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005813void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005814 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005815
5816 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5817 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005818 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005819 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5820
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005821 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5822 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5823 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5824 return;
5825 }
5826
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005827 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5828 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5829 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5830
5831 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5832 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005833 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005834 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005835 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005836 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005837 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5838 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005839 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005840
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005841 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5842 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5843 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5844 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5845 return;
5846 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005847 return;
5848 }
5849
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005850 // Analyze arguments to block.
5851 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5852 "Not a function declarator!");
5853 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005854
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005855 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5856 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005857
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005858 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5859 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5860 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5861 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005862 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5863 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005864 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005865 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005866 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5867 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005868 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005869 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005870 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005871 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005872 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005873 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005874 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005875 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5876 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5877 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5878 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5879 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005880
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005881 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005882 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005883 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005884 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005885 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005886 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5887 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005888
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005889 // Analyze the return type.
5890 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005891 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005892
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005893 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5894 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5895 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5896 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5897 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005898 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005899}
5900
5901/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5902/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5903void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5904 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5905 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005906
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005907 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5908
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005909 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005910 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005911 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005912 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005913}
5914
5915/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5916/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005917Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5918 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005919 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5920 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5921 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005922
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005923 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5924 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005925
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005926 PopDeclContext();
5927
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005928 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5929 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005930
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005931 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005932 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5933 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005934
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005935 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5936 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5937 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005938
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005939 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005940 QualType BlockTy;
5941 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005942 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5943 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005944 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005945 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005946 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5947 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005948
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005949 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005950 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005951 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005952
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005953 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5954 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5955 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5956 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005957
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005958 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005959 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005960 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5961 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005962}
5963
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005964Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5965 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5966 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005967 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005968 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5969 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005970
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005971 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005972
5973 // Get the va_list type
5974 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005975 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5976 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5977 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5978 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005979 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005980 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5981 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5982 } else {
5983 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5984 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005985 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005986 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005987 return ExprError();
5988 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005989
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005990 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5991 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005992 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5993 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005994 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005995 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005996
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005997 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005998 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005999
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006000 expr.release();
6001 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6002 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006003}
6004
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006005Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006006 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6007 // pointers on the target.
6008 QualType Ty;
6009 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6010 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6011 else
6012 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6013
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006014 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006015}
6016
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006017bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6018 SourceLocation Loc,
6019 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6020 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6021 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6022 bool isInvalid = false;
6023 unsigned DiagKind;
6024 switch (ConvTy) {
6025 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6026 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006027 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006028 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6029 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006030 case IntToPointer:
6031 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6032 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006033 case IncompatiblePointer:
6034 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6035 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006036 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6037 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6038 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006039 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6040 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6041 break;
6042 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006043 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6044 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6045 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6046 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6047 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6048 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6049 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6050 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6051 // C++ semantics.
6052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6053 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6054 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006055 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6056 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006057 case IntToBlockPointer:
6058 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6059 break;
6060 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006061 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006062 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006063 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006064 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006065 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6066 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6067 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006068 case IncompatibleVectors:
6069 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6070 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006071 case Incompatible:
6072 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6073 isInvalid = true;
6074 break;
6075 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006076
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006077 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6078 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006079 return isInvalid;
6080}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006081
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006082bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006083 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6084 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6085 if (Result)
6086 *Result = ICEResult;
6087 return false;
6088 }
6089
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006090 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6091
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006092 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006093 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6094 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6095
6096 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6097 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6098 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6099 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6100 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6101 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6102 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006103
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006104 return true;
6105 }
6106
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006107 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6108 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006109
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006110 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6111 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6112 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006113
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006114 if (Result)
6115 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6116 return false;
6117}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006118
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006119Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6120Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006121 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6122 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6123 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006124
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006125 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6126 return NewContext;
6127}
6128
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006129void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006130Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6131 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6132 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6133
6134 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6135 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6136 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6137 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6138 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6139 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6140 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006141
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006142 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6143 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6144 I != IEnd; ++I)
6145 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6146 }
6147}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006148
6149/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6150///
6151/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6152/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6153/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6154/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6155///
6156/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6157///
6158/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6159void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6160 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006161
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006162 if (D->isUsed())
6163 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006164
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006165 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6166 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6167 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6168 // -Wunused-parameters)
6169 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6170 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006171 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006172
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006173 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6174 // an instantiation.
6175 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6176 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006177
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006178 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6179 case Unevaluated:
6180 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6181 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006182
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006183 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6184 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6185 // "used"; handle this below.
6186 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006187
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006188 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6189 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6190 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6191 // potentially evaluated.
6192 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6193 return;
6194 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006195
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006196 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006197 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006198 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006199 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6200 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6201 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006202 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006203 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006204 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6205 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6206 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006207 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6208 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6209 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006210
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006211 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6212 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6213 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6214 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6215 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6216 }
6217 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006218 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006219 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006220 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006221 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006222 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6223 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6224 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6225 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6226 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006227 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6228 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006229 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6230 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6231 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6232 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6233 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006234 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6235 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006236 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6237 }
6238
6239 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6240 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6241 }
6242
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006243 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006244 Function->setUsed(true);
6245 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006246 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006247
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006248 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006249 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006250 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006251 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6252 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6253 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6254 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6255 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6256 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6257 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6258 }
6259 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006260
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006261 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006262
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006263 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006264 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006265 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006266}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006267
6268bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6269 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6270 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6271 return false;
6272
6273 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6274 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6275 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6276 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6277
6278 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6279 FD ?
6280 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6281 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6282 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6283 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6284 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6285 return true;
6286
6287 return false;
6288}
6289
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006290// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6291// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6292void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6293 SourceLocation Loc;
6294
6295 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6296 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6297 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6298 return;
6299
6300 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6301 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6302 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6303 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6304 return;
6305
6306 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6307 } else {
6308 // Not an assignment.
6309 return;
6310 }
6311
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006312 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006313 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006314
6315 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6316 << E->getSourceRange()
6317 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6318 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6319}
6320
6321bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6322 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6323
6324 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6325 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6326
6327 QualType T = E->getType();
6328
6329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6330 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6331 return true;
6332 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6334 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6335 return true;
6336 }
6337 }
6338
6339 return false;
6340}